Slide 1

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 2

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 3

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 4

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 5

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 6

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 7

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 8

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 9

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 10

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 11

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 12

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 13

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 14

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 15

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 16

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 17

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 18

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 19

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 20

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 21

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 22

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 23

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 24

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 25

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 26

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 27

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 28

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 29

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 30

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 31

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 32

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 33

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 34

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 35

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 36

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 37

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 38

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 39

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 40

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 41

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 42

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 43

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 44

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 45

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 46

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 47

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 48

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 49

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 50

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 51

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 52

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 53

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 54

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 55

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 56

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 57

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 58

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 59

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 60

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 61

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 62

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 63

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 64

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 65

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 66

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 67

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 68

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 69

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 70

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 71

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 72

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 73

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 74

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 75

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 76

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 77

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 78

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 79

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 80

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 81

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 82

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 83

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 84

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 85

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 86

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 87

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 88

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 89

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 90

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 91

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 92

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 93

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 94

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 95

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 96

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 97

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 98

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 99

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 100

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 101

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 102

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 103

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 104

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 105

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 106

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 107

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 108

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 109

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 110

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 111

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 112

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 113

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 114

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 115

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 116

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 117

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 118

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 119

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 120

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 121

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 122

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 123

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 124

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 125

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 126

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 127

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 128

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 129

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 130

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 131

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 132

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 133

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 134

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 135

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 136

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 137

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 138

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 139

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 140

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 141

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 142

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 143

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 144

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 145

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 146

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 147

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 148

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 149

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 150

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 151

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 152

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 153

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 154

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 155

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 156

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 157

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 158

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 159

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 160

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 161

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 162

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 163

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 164

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 165

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 166

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 167

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 168

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 169

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 170

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 171

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 172

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 173

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 174

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 175

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 176

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 177

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 178

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 179

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 180

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 181

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 182

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 183

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 184

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 185

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 186

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 187

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 188

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 189

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 190

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 191

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 192

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 193

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 194

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 195

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 196

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 197

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 198

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 199

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 200

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 201

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 202

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 203

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 204

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 205

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 206

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 207

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 208

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 209

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 210

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 211

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 212

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 213

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 214

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 215

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 216

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 217

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 218

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 219

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 220

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 221

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 222

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 223

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 224

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 225

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 226

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 227

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 228

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 229

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 230

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 231

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 232

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 233

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 234

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 235

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 236

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.


Slide 237

Mr. Accountant

Company Types

Mr.
Accountant
can set
customized
settings with
the program
profile.

Chart of Accounts

Establish a detailed
Chart of accounts

General Ledger Editing

Create all general ledger
accounts with one menu

Compound Journal Entry

Create a compound journal
entry with unlimited sub-parts

Journal Entry

Add a journal entry for any
category in the general ledger

Accounts Editor – File Menu

The file menu allows search, add, edit or delete
any category. Just highlight the account and
select the menu option.

Accounts Editor – Entries Menu

At entries menu you can create a
journal entry, compound journal
entry or edit an existing one.

Accounts Editor – Print Menu

From the print menu you can print
the chart of accounts.

Accounts Editor – Report Menu

From the reports menu you can get a year to
date ledger or a ledger for a selected period of time.

Accounts Editor – Utilities Menu

The utilities menu allows you to combine
accounts, print order mode, setup the category
or clear the budget.

Accounting Module – G/L

The accounting module menu with
general ledger submenu selected.

A/R Customer Menu

The accounting module menu with
account receivable sub-menu selected.

General Ledger Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger submenu selected and report directory.

G/L –Financial Reports

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and financial report..

General Ledger Budget Reports

The accounting module menu with general
ledger sub-menu selected and budget reports
open.

G/L - Checkbook Reconciliation

The accounting module menu with general ledger
sub-menu selected and checkbook reconciliation open.

A/R - Customers

The accounting module with account receivable
sub-menu selected and customers open.

Accounts Receivable - Reports

The accounting module menu with account
receivable sub-menu selected and reports open.

A/R Landscape Reports

The accounting module menu with account receivable
sub-menu selected and landscapes reports open.

Accounting Module – POS

The accounting module menu with point of sale
sub-menu selected open.

Accounts Payable - Vendors

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and vendors open.

Accounts Payable – Reports

The accounting module menu with accounts payable
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll - Employees

The accounting module menu with payroll sub-menu selected
and employees open.

Payroll - Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll –Time Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Payroll – Tax Reports

The accounting module menu with payroll
sub-menu selected and tax reports open.

Inventory – Items

The accounting module menu with
inventory sub-menu selected.

Inventory – Reports

The accounting module menu with inventory
sub-menu selected and reports open.

Plants, Materials & Services

The accounting module menu with plants
and services sub-menu selected..

Plants & Material - Reports

The accounting module menu with plants and
services sub-menu selected and reports open.

Support Module – Job Costing

The support module menu with job costing sub-menu
and jobs selected.

Job Costing Project Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and project reports selected.

Job Cost Maintenance Reports

The support module menu with job costing
sub-menu and maintenance reports selected.

Marketing - Reports

The support module menu with marketing
sub-menu selected.

Configuration – A/R

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu
and accounts receivable selected.

Configuration – A/P

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and accounts payable selected.

Configuration - Payroll

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and payroll selected.

Configuration - Landscape

The utilities module with configuration sub-menu

and landscape selected.

Check Configuration

The utilities module with check configuration
sub-menu.

Change Active Company

The utilities module with change active company
selected.

End of Year

The utilities module with end of year selected

A/R - Customers

Accounts Receivable main customer menu showing

name, address, telephone and fax number and total due
from each customer.

A/R – Search Menu

Accounts receivable customer search menu. The search
menu allows you to search for a customer by name,
telephone number, account number, site name and address.

A/R – Transfer Menu

From the entries menu, you can transfer

customers to different databases.

A/R – Customer List

Under the file menu you can select the specific
customer list needed. You also have the option of
selecting all customers in all lists.

A/R – Edit Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit the invoices
for the particular customer highlighted

A/R – Edit All Invoices

From the entries menu, you can edit all invoices
for all customers and narrow it by current, posted
or by date.

A/R – Edit Point of Sale Invoice

From the entries menu, you can edit a specific Point
of Sale invoice and narrow the selection by current
or posted.

A/R – Edit Application Invoice

From the entries menu you can edit Application
Invoices and narrow the selection by current or posted.

Edit All Application Invoices

From the entries menu you can edit all Application Invoices
and narrow the selection by current or posted.

A/R – Edit Customer Deposits

From the entries menu you can edit the customers deposits
and narrow the search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Customer Prepayment

From the entries menu, you can edit the customer prepayments
and narrow your search to the current customer or all customers.

Edit Maintenance Transaction

From the entries menu, you can edit the the maintenance
transactions and narrow the selection to current transactions
or archived transactions.

A/R – Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for your customers and select either a
billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing
labels for all of your customers and select either

a billing address or a shipping address.

A/R – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for
all of your customers and select either a billing address
or a shipping address.

A/R – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for
all of your customers and select either a billing
address or a shipping address.

A/R – Landscape Print Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can narrow your

selection on printing the customer list.

A/R – Report Menu

From the Reports Menu, you can prepare a job costing
report and narrow your selection to the type of report
needed.

A/R – Landscape Menu

From the landscape print menu, you can select the

information needed.

A/R – Customer Service Menu

From the Customer Service Menu, you can edit particular
customer calls and narrow your selection from current

and posted calls.

Customer Service Edit Calls

From the Customer Service Menu, you can select all
customer calls and narrow your selection from current
and posted calls.

A/R Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the customer
balance for the current customer or all customers.

A/R – Reconcile Account Menu

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts
manually or automatically and select either the
current customer or all customers.

A/R – Special Functions

From the utilities menu, you can select the special
functions menu to update prices or set codes for
salesman.

A/R - Invoice

A detailed invoice can be created.

A/R – Invoice Entry

The Invoice Entry can be customized to the type of information
setup in the company configuration.

A/R – Edit Transaction

You can edit transactions by month and year or all data for
a particular year. The edit transaction can also be narrowed
to the current customer or all customers.

A/R –Transaction List

This screen displays the transaction list for a particular
customer or all customers. From here, you can edit or
delete transactions.

A/R – Daily Deposit Entry

This screen displays the daily deposit entry.

Accounts Payable – File Menu

From the file menu you can transfer vendors
from one database list to another.

Accounts Payable – Vendor List

From the file menu you can select and/or narrow the
vendor list needed.

A/P – Edit Purchase Order

From the entries menu, you can edit purchase orders
for a particular vendor and narrow your search to

current or posted purchase orders.

A/P – Edit All Purchase Orders

From the entries menu, you can edit all purchase
orders and narrow the search for current or posted
purchase orders.

Accounts Payable –Print Menu

From the print menu, you can print one mailing label for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Mailing Label

From the print menu, you can print mailing labels for all
vendors and select either the billing address or the
shipping address.

A/P – Print Envelope

From the print menu, you can print one envelope for a
particular vendor and select either the billing address or
the shipping address.

A/P – Print All Envelopes

From the print menu, you can print envelopes for all vendors

and select either the billing address or the shipping address.

Accounts Payable – Report Menu

From the reports menu, you can run a ledger, aging

or reconciliation report for a particular vendor.

A/Payable – Recalculate Balance

From the utilities menu, you can recalculate the balance
for the current vendor or all vendors.

A/P – Reconcile Account

From the utilities menu, you can reconcile accounts either
manually or automatically and narrow the selection to
the current vendor or all vendors

A/P Adding Vendor Transaction

You can add a transaction in accounts payable. Compound
journal entries can be performed from this entry.

A/P Adding Purchase Order Item

Adding a purchase order item.

A/P – Purchase Order

Purchase order in accounts payable.

A/P Editing Purchase Order Item

You can update the unit cost of an inventory item in a
purchase order. It allows you to change or override an
established price in inventory.

A/P – Adding Transaction

You can select a particular invoice or charge or all
open invoices to pay.

Accounts Payable – Payment

You can issue payment to a particular vendor. From
this screen you can select the particular invoices to
pay and then the check would issue.

A/P – Print Menu

You can configure the 1099 misc. from this screen.

A/P – Disbursement

From this screen you can issue a disbursement check without
preparing an invoice. A disbursement is usually issued when it
is a non-regular transaction.

Payroll – List of Employees

The payroll employee list displays the employee number, last

name, first name,address and telephone number.

Payroll – Search Menu

From the file menu, you can add a new employee, edit the

employee, search for a particular employee, etc.

Payroll – Employee Transfer

From the employee file menu you can transfer employees
from active lists to inactive and other lists.

Payroll – Employee List

From the payroll entries menu you can select the particular
employee listed you want to display.

Payroll – Entries

From the payroll entries menu you can issue payroll checks
or edit current or past checks, etc.

Payroll – Print Menu

From the payroll print menu, you can print the employee
lists, print mailing labels, etc.

Payroll – Report Menu

From the payroll report menu, you can display reports for
the selected employee.

Payroll – Recalculate Balance

From the payroll utilities menu, you can recalculate
the balance for the selected employee or all employees.

Payroll – Employee Editor

From the file menu you can edit an employee and customize all
settings for that particular employee. The general folder lists the
basic information.

Payroll – Employee Financial

The financial folder lists the financial information such as salary
and martial status for that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Other Deductions

The other deductions folder lists the types of deductions and
information such as Ira, loan and 401K information for that
particular employee.

Payroll –Employee Year to Date

The year to date folder lists the year to date totals paid to
that particular employee.

Payroll – Employee Personal

The personal information folder lists the personal information
such as name, date of birth and social security number for that
particular employee.

Payroll Employee Raise History

The raise history folder lists each raise the employee receives
and the date the raise was given.

Payroll Employee Notes-

The notes folder lists any misc. information for a specific
employee.

Payroll Employee Month Editor

From the payroll main menu, you can edit any information for
a particular employee or for all employees for the year or for
a particular month.

Payroll – Employee Transactions

From the employee transactions list, you can select the data you
would like to edit by highlighting the particular transaction.

Payroll – Employee Check Editor

From the transactions list, the editor allows you to edit the
check amount or any of its deductions, taxes, etc.

Payroll – Active Employees

From the payroll main menu you can activate the counter to
determine the number of employees in each list.

Payroll – W2 Configuration

From the employee list, under the print menu, you can set the W-2
configuration such as the current year tax rates and individual state
withholding for each employee.

Payroll – Misc. Configuration

From the print menu, you can print a mailing label
and setup various label types and printers.

Weekly Payroll Generation

The payroll menu has the function to generate the total
payroll each week automatically.

Inventory - Items

From the inventory item menu, you can review and/or change any
item including quantity and price.

Inventory – Entry Items

From the Inventory main menu, you can search, add, edit
or delete any record.

Inventory – Add Transaction

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab and
add or edit a transaction or adjust inventory.

Inventory – Print Menu

From the inventory print menu, you can print the inventory
list or print the list with what was sold or remaining.

Inventory – Point of Sale Entry

From the inventory menu, you can select the print tab and
select the Point of Sale item and print the bar codes for
inventory items.

Inventory – Report Menu

From the inventory menu, you can select the reports tab

and print a year to date ledger for a particular item or a
ledger for a specific date.

Inventory – Reconcile Balance

From the inventory menu, you can select the utilities tab
and you can recalculate balance, set price based on cost or
count items.

Inventory – Add Item

From the inventory menu, you can select the entries tab
and add an inventory item then enter the date, item, quantity,
cost purchase order number, etc.

Inventory – Description Search

From the inventory menu, you can search for a item by
entering a description.

Plant Library – Plant Database

From the Plant Library database, you can view the list of plants
entered into the system. This feature can be customized for any
type of list.

Plant Library – Search Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can search for a specific
plant in the database by number, botanical name, common
name or perform an advanced search.

Plant Library – Transfer Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit or delete a plant from the database.

Plant Library – Plant File

From the Plant Library database, you can select the file menu
and select a specific list of plants.

Plant Library – Entries Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the entries menu
and add or edit a plant item.

Plant Library – Print Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the print menu

and print the plant list, print the plant list detail or with prices
or plant tags.

Plant Library – Report Menu

From the Plant Library database, you can select the report menu
and you can run a report for a specific plant.

Plant Library Reconcile Balance

From the plant library utilities menu, you can reconcile
balances, edit current status, transfer files, etc.

Plant Library – Plant Editor

From the plant library you can edit any specific plant with the

plant editor. Here you can change the plant number, common
or botanical name or description.

Plant Library – Plant Item

From the plant editor, characteristics tab, you can add the
category, type, container size, light sensitivity, moisture and
flowering month.

Plant Library – Edit Plant Price

From the plant editor, prices tab you can set prices for

each size of a particular plant in each category.

Edit Plant Inventory

From the plant editor, inventory tab you can update the
inventory for each particular plant and size thereof.

Plant Library – Plant Pictures

From the plant editor, pictures tab you can store pictures of
each plant at each stage of growth.

Plant Library – Plant Health Care

From the plant editor, Plant health care tab you can input
notes on the types of diseases that plants may encounter.

Adding Inventory Transaction

From the plant library, you can add inventory transactions.

.

The date, item number, plant name, quantity, cost and retail
price.

Job Costing - Active Jobs

The active jobs editor, you can view the job number,
customer name and job description on one screen.

Active Jobs – File Menu

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file menu
and search, add, edit, delete or transfer any customer
job.

Active Jobs – Select Job File

From the active jobs editor, you can select the file tab
and select the specific job database you would like to view.

Active Jobs – Entries Menu

From the customer jobs entries menu, you can add or
edit job daily or edit materials.

Customer Jobs – Print Menu

From the customer jobs print menu you can print the job list.

Active Jobs – Report Menu

From the active jobs reports menu, you can display a ledger
for a particular customer job, weekly job summary,
labor/equipment summary, etc.

Active Jobs – Utilities Menu

From the active jobs utilities menu, you can edit current
status, job tasks or job employee tasks.

Edit Active Jobs - General Tab

From the active jobs editor, you can edit any general job data.

Edit Active Jobs – Tasks

From the active jobs editor when you edit the job, you can
also edit the task for any specific customer job.

Active Jobs – Add Job Daily

From the customer jobs menu, you can select add job daily to add
a customer job. Date, job number, task number, description,
time in/out, total time, cost, etc can be added.

Point of Sale – Main Menu

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add items by

SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and amount.

Point of Sale – Invoice Item

From the point of sale entry menu, you can add invoice items
and enter SKU#, item number, description, quantity, price and
amount.

Point of Sale – Entry Item

The Point of Sale main menu with items. You can edit or delete
any item by highlighting the specific item.

Point of Sale – Drawer Count

From the point of sale main menu, you can perform a Point of Sale
Drawer count to count the amount of cash that should be in the draw.

POS Entry item

Adding a POS item.

Configuration – General Leger

From the utilities menu, you can configure the General Ledger
and its components, such as lock entries, allow post dated
entries, etc.

Configuration – A/R

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts receivable
and its components such as financial information, customer files,
customer display, column descriptions, square foot pricing, etc.

Configuration – Invoice

From the utilities menu, you can configure the invoice and its
components such as inventory, setup, printing, global message,

bill of lading, sales outlook, work order, etc.

Configuration – Proposal

From the utilities menu, you can configure the proposal and its
components such as print company heading, automatic numbering,
number of copies to print, text font size, etc.

Configuration – Statement

From the utilities menu, you can configure the statement and its
components such as general information, finance charges, printing,
messages, terms, etc.

Configuration – A/P

From the utilities menu, you can configure the accounts payable and
its components such as financial data, check setup, vendor files and
column descriptions.

Configuration – A/P Checks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Accounts payable
check setup tab and its components such as use check printer,
automatic check numbering, next check number, etc.

Configuration – Purchase Order

From the utilities menu, you can configure Purchase Orders and
its components such as print company heading, show tax rates,
purchase order font and styles, etc.

Configuration – Inventory

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Inventory module
and its components such as Inventory GL account number, cost
of goods GL account number, valuation method, etc.

Configuration – Payroll General

Here the general tab allows the user to configure
first day of payroll, pay period, calculation of taxes, etc.

Configuration – Payroll G/L

Here the general ledger tab allows the user to configure all of the
GL accounts for the checking account, payroll expense, FUTA,
FICA, Medicare, Federal tax, State tax, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Checks

Here the check printing tab allows the user to configure the check
printer, check stubs on, laser checks, next check number, etc.

Configuration Payroll Company Info

Here the company information tab allows the user to configure the
company federal identification number, state tax identification

number, department of labor identification number, municipal
code and industry code.

Configuration – Payroll Tax Rates

Here the tax rates tab allows the user to configure FICA tax rate,
FUTA tax rate, medicare tax rate, State income tax rates, etc. for both
employee and the employer.

Configuration – Payroll Taxability

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Payroll module.

Here the Taxability tab allows the user to configure taxability for
health care, IRA, SAR/SEP, 401K, uniforms, cafeteria, etc.

Configuration – Payroll Deductions

Here the Deduction description tab allows the user to configure
descriptions for FICA, Medicare, FICA, State tax, local tax,
healthcare, reimbursement, IRA, etc.

Configuration –Federal Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll federal tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for e
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – State Tax Chart

From the utilities menu, you can configure the payroll state tax
chart and enter the tax rates for each threshold of income for
employees that are single, married, etc.

Configuration – Job Cost

From the utilities menu, you can configure the job cost module
and enter the equipment expense account, set automatic
job number, set current fuel price, etc.

Configuration – Point of Sale

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
module and enter options such as customer at cash register, allow
inventory add at register, allow post of inventory real time,
customer codes, etc.

Configuration – POS Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Point of Sale
security module and enter the passwords for each module such
as master unlock drawer, add customer, edit customer,
delete item, credit invoice, price override, no sale, etc.

Configuration - Landscape

From the Landscape shortcut, you can configure the Landscape
module. Here the Company information tab is open which allows
you to enter state license number, state applicator number,
county code and default growing zone.

Configuration – Printers

From the utilities menu, you can configure all the printers. Here
the printer setup tab is open which allows you to enter the type
of printer for each printed item.

Configuration – Message Setup

From the utilities menu, you can configure global messages for

invoices, invoice terms, statement message, and statement
terms, etc.

Configuration – Misc.

From the utilities menu, you can configure the Miscellaneous
items such as sort zip code list by city, auto turn off printer, etc.

Configuration – Calls

From the utilities menu, you can configure the calls module.
Here the general tab is open which allows you to enter the bill
description, priority call description or priority call rate.

Configuration – Fiscal Year & DataBase

From the utilities menu, you can configure the date path
and fiscal year.

Configuration – System Locks

From the utilities menu, you can configure the system locks
which allow certain modules of the program to be locked
from employees without authorization.

Configuration – Check Printers

From the utilities menu, you
can configure the check printer
setup menu, which allows for
custom check printing with any
preprinted printer feed check.

Configuration – Security

From the utilities menu, you can configure the security which
allows you to add a user with a custom password, employee #,
employee name, and the modules the employee has access to.

Plant Menu

Plant Menu – Plant Editor

Plant Menu – Search

Plant Menu – Utilities Menu

Check Register Report

From the accounting module, you can run a
check register report on an account for a
specific period of time. The report can also be
limited to cleared, uncleared or all checks.

Checkbook Reconciliation

From the accounting modules, you can perform
the checkbook reconciliation report on a
particular account for a specific period of time.

Marketing – Lead Types

From the marketing module, you can add, edit, delete, or search
marketing methods. The marketing lead types are listed by type,
Number and name to determine if your marketing methods

are successful.

Equipment – Adding Entry

From the equipment module, you can add equipment. The information
added is the equipment number, description, make, model, VIN#
license plate, model year, date purchased and cost.This allows the
program to attribute equipment costs to sales.

Equipment Module – Cost Calculator
From the cost
calculator tab,
you can
allocate a %
of revenue to
equipment.
Information
added is life
expectancy,
hours, cost,
inflation,
annual
maintenance
& license
fees.

Equipment – Active List

From the equipment module equipment list, you can view the

equipment which displays the equipment number, make, model,
description and year.

Compound Journal Entry

Customer General Tab

The general tab of the customer record contains all the basic
information on the customer such as name, address, phone
number, etc.

Customer Financial Tab

The financial tab of the customer record contains the
general ledger codes and billing information pertinent
to the customer.

Customer Contact

The contract tab is where you set up customers that
get a contract price for their services.

Customer Services

The Services/Prices tab is where you will store all
the customer’s services and all information regarding
each service.

Customer Main Route

The main route tab is where you set up the customers
on a route. You can put in map coordinates, crew #,
sequence#, day of week, and route message.

Customer Site/Ship

The customer site/ship tab is for storing the customer’s
physical address if it is different from the billing
address.

Customer Marketing

The marketing tab is used to store data pertaining to
how the customer was retained.

Customer Notes

The notes tab allows you to keep your
own personal notes on each customer.

Customer Jobs

The jobs tab of the customer record provides a quick
access to a list of current jobs for the customer.

Customer Credit Card

In the credit card tab you can store a customer’s
credit card information and use this if the
customer pays by credit card.

Customer Soil Test

The soil test tab stores and analyzes data on customer
soil tests.

Customer Group Assoc.

The group associations tab allows you to group customers
by several different parameters, for example all whole
sale customers.

Customer Contracts/Received

The customer contracts/received tab keeps information
on when each contracted was printed and the date it was
received back from the customer.

Customer PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab keeps an inventory of
plants for each property.

Customer Attachments

The attachments tab of the customer record allows you to
attach different files, documents, spreadsheets, etc.,
pertaining to that customer.

Customer Calls

The customer calls tab keeps track of all details of
incoming customer calls.

Payable Vendor

From the vendor file you can store vendor information and
customize all settings for that particular vendor. The general
folder lists the basic information.

Payable Financial

The financial tab of the vendor record contains the general
ledger codes and billing information pertinent to the vendor.

Payable Other

From the vendor other tab you can store additional vendor

information for printing checks, or for tax information
regarding the vendor etc.

Payable Fixed Payment

The payable fixed payment tab allows you to set up

fixed payments for repetitive invoicing.

Payable Remit to

The vendor remit to tab is where you enter the payment
address if different from the vendor address.

Payable Notes

The vendor notes tab allows you to keep your own personal
notes on each vendor.

Employee General

The general tab of the employee record contains all the
basic information on the employee such as name,
address, phone number, etc.

Employee Financial

The financial tab of the employee record contains all
the financial information such as hourly or salary,
pay rate, marital status, exemptions, etc.

Employee Other Deductions

The employee other deductions tab is used to make deductions for
health insurance, IRA’s, loans, garnishments, 401K plans, and
SAR/SEP retirement plans.

Employee Departments

The employee department tab allows you to enter
different general ledger departments that employees
work in.

Employee YTD

The employee YTD tab is for keeping track of year to date
totals for employee hours, wages and taxes.

Employee Hours

The employee hours tab keeps track of personal,
vacation, holiday and sick time.

Employee Personal

The employee personal tab allows you to store personal
information on each employee.

Employee Raise History

The employee raise history tab allows you to keep track
of employee raises.

Employee Notes

The employee notes tab is to keep notes on each
employee for your own personal information.

Inventory Vendor

The vendor tab of the inventory items editor stores
the vendor information for this item.

Inventory General

The general tab of the inventory items editor contains all
the basic information on the item such as item #, department
description, make, model, plant, list, sell, taxable, SKU, etc,

Inventory Notes

The notes tab of the inventory items editor keeps any
notes regarding the vendor or the item.

Plant Edit

The general tab of the plant editor allows you to add
information about the plant.

Plant Characteristics

The characteristics tab of the plant editor contains all the traits
of the plant such as its category, type, container size, light
moisture, etc,.

Plant Prices

The prices tab of the plant editor list all the prices for the
various sizes of the plant.

Plant Inventory

The inventory tab in the plant editor shows the inventory of that
plant and allows for an unlimited number of sizes per plant.

Plant Pictures

The pictures tab in the plant editor allows you to import
pictures to be printed on proposals.

Plant PHC

The plant health care (PHC) tab in the plant list tells what
diseases effect that plant.

Jobs - General

The general tab in the active job editor contains all the basic
information on the job such as number, customer, description,
PO Number, date approved, start date, etc,.

Jobs - Tasks

The tasks tab in the active job editor lists all the tasks associated
with a job.

Jobs – Employee Tasks

The job/employee tasks tab in the active jobs editor pertains
to the certified payroll calculation for each job.

Jobs - Site/Ship

The site/ship tab of the jobs editor shows the location
of that job.

Jobs - Financial

The financial tab contains all the financial information
pertaining to this job.